1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
73 #include "xsettings.h"
75 #include "sysselect.h"
78 #include <X11/Shell.h>
86 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
91 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
95 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
97 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
98 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
100 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
102 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
103 #if defined USE_MOTIF
104 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
105 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
106 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
112 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
115 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
117 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
118 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
119 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
120 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
122 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
126 #ifndef XtNinitialState
127 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
131 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
137 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
142 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
145 static int any_help_event_p
;
147 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
148 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
150 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
153 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
155 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
156 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
157 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
158 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
160 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
162 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
164 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
166 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
171 } pending_event_wait
;
174 /* The application context for Xt use. */
175 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
176 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
178 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
180 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
181 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
183 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
184 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
185 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
187 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
191 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
192 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
193 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
194 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
196 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
198 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
199 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
200 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
201 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
202 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
203 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
204 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
205 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
206 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
209 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
211 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
212 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
213 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
215 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
217 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
218 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
221 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
222 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
225 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
227 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
228 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
229 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
230 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
231 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
232 it's somewhat accurate. */
234 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
236 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
238 static Time last_user_time
;
240 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
243 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
245 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
247 static int x_noop_count
;
249 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
252 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
255 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
256 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
258 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
259 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
262 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
263 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
267 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
272 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
273 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
274 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
275 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
277 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
278 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
281 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
282 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
283 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
284 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
285 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
288 /* Used in x_flush. */
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
297 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
298 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
299 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
300 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
301 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
302 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
303 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
304 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
305 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
306 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
307 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
308 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
309 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
310 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
311 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
312 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
313 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
314 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
315 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
316 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
317 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
319 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
320 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
321 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
323 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
324 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
325 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
326 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
327 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
329 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
330 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
331 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
332 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
333 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
334 int *, struct input_event
*);
336 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
338 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
339 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
340 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
341 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
342 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
343 static void x_initialize (void);
346 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
349 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
351 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
352 connection may be broken. */
353 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
359 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
360 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
361 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
362 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
364 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
365 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
370 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
371 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
372 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
373 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
374 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
377 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
380 /***********************************************************************
382 ***********************************************************************/
386 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
387 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
395 struct record event_record
[100];
397 int event_record_index
;
400 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
402 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
403 event_record_index
= 0;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
406 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
407 event_record_index
++;
414 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
416 struct x_display_info
*
417 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
419 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
421 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
422 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
429 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
431 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
432 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
433 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
435 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
439 unsigned int nchildren
;
442 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
449 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
452 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
455 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
456 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
458 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
462 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
467 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
468 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
469 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
470 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
474 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
476 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
479 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
481 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
483 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
484 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
485 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
486 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
488 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
490 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
491 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
492 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
494 /* return unless necessary */
499 unsigned long n
, left
;
501 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
502 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
503 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
506 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
508 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
518 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
519 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
520 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
525 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
527 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
531 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
533 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
537 /***********************************************************************
538 Starting and ending an update
539 ***********************************************************************/
541 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
542 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
543 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
544 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
545 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
548 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
554 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
555 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
559 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
561 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
562 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
565 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
569 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
571 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
574 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
576 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
577 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
584 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
587 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
592 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
594 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
597 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
598 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
601 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
603 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
604 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
606 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
607 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
608 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
610 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
611 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
615 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
617 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
619 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
624 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
626 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
628 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
634 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
635 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
636 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
638 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
639 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
640 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
643 updated_window
= NULL
;
647 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
651 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
653 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
654 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
658 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
664 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
665 complete update has been performed. The global variable
666 updated_window is not available here. */
669 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
673 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
675 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
676 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
679 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
680 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
681 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
682 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
683 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
690 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
691 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
692 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
693 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
694 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
695 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
698 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
700 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
706 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
707 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
709 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
710 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
711 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
712 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
713 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
714 overhead is very small. */
715 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
716 && desired_row
->full_width_p
717 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
718 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
720 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
723 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
726 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
727 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
728 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
729 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
730 y
, width
, height
, False
);
736 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
738 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
739 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
740 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
741 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
742 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
744 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
745 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
749 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
751 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
752 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
753 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
754 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
756 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
758 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
760 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
761 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
762 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
763 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
764 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
765 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
766 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
767 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
769 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
773 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
774 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
775 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
779 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
780 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
781 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
782 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
786 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
788 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
789 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
791 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
796 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
798 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
799 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
801 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
802 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
807 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
808 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
811 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
817 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
818 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
822 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
824 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
826 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
828 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
830 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
831 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
833 face
->background
, depth
);
837 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
838 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
841 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
842 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
843 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
844 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
847 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
848 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
849 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
853 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
854 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
855 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
859 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
864 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
865 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
866 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
870 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
874 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
875 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
878 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
883 /***********************************************************************
885 ***********************************************************************/
889 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
890 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
891 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
893 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
895 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
896 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
898 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
899 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
900 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
901 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
902 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
903 unsigned long *, double, int);
904 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
905 double, int, unsigned long);
906 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
907 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
911 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
913 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
914 int, int, int, int, int, int,
916 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
917 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
918 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
921 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
925 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
929 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
931 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
932 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
933 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
935 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
938 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
942 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
943 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
945 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
946 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
947 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
948 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
949 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
950 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
951 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
953 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
954 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
955 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
957 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
958 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
961 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
962 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
963 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
965 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
966 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
969 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
970 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
972 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
977 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
980 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
985 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
986 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
987 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
989 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
991 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
992 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
994 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
995 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
996 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
998 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1002 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1007 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1008 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1009 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1010 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1012 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1013 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1016 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1017 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1019 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1022 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1026 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1027 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1028 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1031 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1033 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1037 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1038 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1042 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1044 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1046 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1048 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1049 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1051 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1053 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1054 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1056 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1058 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1061 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1063 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1064 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1066 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1067 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1069 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1070 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1074 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1075 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1078 /* GC must have been set. */
1079 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1083 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1084 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1087 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1089 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1090 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1093 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1098 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1099 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1103 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1108 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1110 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1113 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1118 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1121 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1124 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1125 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1127 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1129 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1131 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1132 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1135 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1136 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1137 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1141 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1143 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1145 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1146 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1147 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1151 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1152 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1157 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1160 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1163 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1164 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1165 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1166 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1170 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1171 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1172 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1173 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1174 contains the first component of a composition. */
1177 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1179 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1180 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1181 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1183 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1187 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1188 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1189 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1190 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1191 s
->background_width
,
1192 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1193 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1194 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1196 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1197 || s
->font_not_found_p
1198 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1202 s
->background_width
,
1203 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1204 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1210 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1213 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1217 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1218 of S to the right of that box line. */
1219 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1220 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1221 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1225 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1227 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1229 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1231 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1232 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1233 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1235 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1240 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1241 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1244 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1245 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1247 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1249 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1250 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1252 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1253 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1254 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1258 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1261 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1264 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1266 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1267 of S to the right of that box line. */
1268 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1269 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1270 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1274 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1275 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1276 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1277 this composition. */
1279 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1280 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1281 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1283 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1284 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1285 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1287 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1291 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1292 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1293 space on the left or right. */
1294 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1296 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1297 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1299 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1300 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1301 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1306 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1311 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1313 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1314 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1315 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1318 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1322 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1324 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1327 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1328 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1329 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1330 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1331 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1332 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1340 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1341 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1348 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1351 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1353 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1357 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1358 of S to the right of that box line. */
1359 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1360 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1361 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1367 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1369 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1370 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1372 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1375 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1376 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1380 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1381 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1382 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1383 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1384 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1385 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1388 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1390 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1391 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1392 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1398 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1401 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1402 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1404 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1405 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1407 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1408 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1409 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1411 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1412 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1413 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1416 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1417 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1418 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1419 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1420 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1421 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1425 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1427 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1428 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1429 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1430 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1434 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1435 cannot be determined. */
1437 static struct frame
*
1438 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1440 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1444 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1446 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1447 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1448 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1449 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1450 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1451 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1453 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1454 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1455 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1456 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1457 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1459 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1460 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1461 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1467 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1468 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1469 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1470 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1471 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1472 Value is true if successful. */
1475 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1476 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1478 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1479 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1482 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1485 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1486 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1488 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1490 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1492 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1497 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1498 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1500 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1503 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1505 DPY is the display we are working on.
1507 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1508 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1509 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1510 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1512 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1513 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1515 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1516 we allocated the color or not.
1518 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1521 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1522 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1523 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1533 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1534 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1536 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1540 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1541 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1542 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1544 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1546 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1547 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1549 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1551 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1552 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1554 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1555 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1557 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1558 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1563 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1565 params
[0] = color_name
;
1566 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1567 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1568 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1573 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1575 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1577 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1581 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1585 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1586 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1589 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1594 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1595 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1596 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1598 APP is the application context in which we work.
1600 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1601 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1602 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1604 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1607 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1612 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1614 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1617 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1619 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1620 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1621 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1622 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1623 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1628 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1631 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1632 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1633 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1634 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1636 static const XColor
*
1637 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1641 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1643 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1644 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1647 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1648 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1649 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1651 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1652 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1654 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1655 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1658 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1659 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1663 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1664 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1667 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1671 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1676 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1677 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1678 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1679 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1683 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1687 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1688 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1691 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1693 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1697 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1698 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1699 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1703 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1707 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1710 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1711 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1712 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1713 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1715 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1716 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1717 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1719 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1721 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1723 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1724 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1725 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1726 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1728 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1731 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1735 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1736 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1737 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1738 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1742 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1743 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1744 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1746 XColor
*cached_color
;
1748 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1749 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1750 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1751 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1752 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1754 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1755 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1756 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1760 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1762 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1763 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1769 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1770 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1771 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1775 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1777 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1778 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1782 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1783 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1784 get color reference counts right. */
1787 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1806 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1807 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1808 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1809 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1810 use an additional additive factor.
1812 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1813 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1814 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1817 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1818 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1819 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1820 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1821 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1822 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1825 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1831 /* Get RGB color values. */
1832 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1833 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1835 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1836 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1837 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1838 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1839 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1841 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1842 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1844 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1845 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1846 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1847 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1848 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1850 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1851 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1852 /* The additive adjustment. */
1853 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1857 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1858 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1859 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1863 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1864 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1865 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1869 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1870 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1873 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1875 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1876 delta to the RGB values. */
1877 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1879 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1880 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1881 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1882 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1893 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1894 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1895 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1896 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1897 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1898 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1901 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1904 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1905 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1906 unsigned long pixel
;
1907 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1908 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1909 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1910 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1912 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1913 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1915 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1916 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1917 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1919 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1921 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1922 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1925 /* Allocate new color. */
1926 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1928 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1929 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1931 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1932 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1935 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1937 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1939 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1942 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1946 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1949 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1951 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1952 unsigned long color
;
1954 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1955 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1956 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1958 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1959 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1964 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1965 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1966 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1969 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1970 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1972 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1973 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1974 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1975 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1976 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1981 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1982 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1983 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1984 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1985 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1986 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1990 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1991 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1992 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1993 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1995 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1996 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2001 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2003 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2004 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2006 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2007 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2008 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2015 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2016 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2017 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2019 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2020 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2021 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2022 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2029 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2031 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2032 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2034 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2035 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2036 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2039 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2043 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2044 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2048 /* Outermost top line. */
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2051 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2052 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2054 /* Outermost left line. */
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2062 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2063 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2064 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2065 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2066 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2067 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2068 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2074 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2075 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2076 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2077 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2078 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2081 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2085 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2086 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2087 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2088 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2089 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2090 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2093 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2094 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2095 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2099 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2100 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2101 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2110 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2121 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2122 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2126 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2129 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2131 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2132 int left_p
, right_p
;
2133 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2134 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2136 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2137 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2138 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2140 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2141 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2143 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2145 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2146 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2148 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2150 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2152 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2154 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2155 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2157 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2158 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2159 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2161 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2163 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2165 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2166 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2167 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2170 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2171 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2172 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2180 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2252 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2254 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2272 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2273 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2304 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2305 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2307 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2308 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2309 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2311 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2312 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2314 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2315 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2318 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2319 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2320 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2321 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2323 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2324 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2325 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2327 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2329 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2334 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2337 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2340 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2342 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2343 right of that line. */
2344 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2345 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2347 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2349 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2351 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2352 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2353 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2354 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2360 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2361 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2362 trust on the shape extension to be available
2363 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2365 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2369 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2370 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2371 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2372 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2373 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2375 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2376 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2377 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2378 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2382 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2383 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2384 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2386 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2387 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2388 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2389 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2390 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2391 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2392 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2394 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2396 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2397 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2398 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2403 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2404 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2405 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2409 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2410 give the rectangle to draw. */
2413 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2417 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2418 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2419 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2423 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2427 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2430 s->x +-------------------------
2433 | +-------------------------
2436 | | +-------------------
2442 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2444 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2445 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2447 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2450 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2451 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2452 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2453 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2455 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2456 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2458 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2459 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2463 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2464 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2468 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2469 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2470 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2471 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2472 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2474 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2475 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2476 s
->background_width
,
2479 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2481 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2483 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2486 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2487 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2488 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2492 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2497 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2499 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2500 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2501 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2502 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2510 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2512 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2514 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2515 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2517 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2520 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2523 /* Draw the foreground. */
2526 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2527 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2528 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2529 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2530 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2533 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2535 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2537 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2538 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2539 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2543 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2546 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2548 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2550 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2551 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2553 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2554 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2555 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2558 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2560 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2564 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2570 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2572 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2574 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2575 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2576 x
+= background_width
;
2578 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2579 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2583 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2585 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2586 if (width
< background_width
)
2589 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2593 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2597 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2598 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2600 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2606 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2607 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2609 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2611 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2612 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2613 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2614 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2619 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2620 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2621 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2622 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2626 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2628 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2629 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2631 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2632 except for header line and mode line. */
2633 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2635 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2638 if (background_width
> 0)
2639 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2642 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2646 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2652 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2657 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2659 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2660 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2661 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2664 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2670 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2672 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2673 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2675 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2678 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2680 /* Draw the waves */
2682 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2692 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2697 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2699 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2703 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2704 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2708 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2711 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2713 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2715 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2716 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2717 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2718 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2721 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2723 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2724 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2725 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2726 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2728 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2729 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2730 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2731 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2733 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2734 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2738 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2739 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2741 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2742 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2743 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2744 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2745 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2746 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2749 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2750 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2751 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2752 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2755 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2757 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2758 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2759 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2760 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2761 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2762 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2764 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2766 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2769 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2773 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2777 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2778 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2780 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2781 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2784 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2785 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2786 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2787 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2789 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2790 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2793 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2794 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2795 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2797 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2798 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2805 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2807 /* Draw underline. */
2808 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2810 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2812 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2813 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2817 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2818 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2819 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2820 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2823 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2825 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2828 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2830 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2831 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2832 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2836 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2837 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2838 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2841 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2842 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2845 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2846 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2847 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2848 specs, and its default is
2850 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2851 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2853 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2854 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2855 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2857 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2859 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2861 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2863 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2864 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2865 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2866 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2867 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2868 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2869 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2870 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2871 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2872 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2873 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2874 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2878 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2879 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2880 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2881 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2882 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2886 /* Draw overline. */
2887 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2889 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2891 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2892 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2897 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2898 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2899 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2901 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2905 /* Draw strike-through. */
2906 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2908 unsigned long h
= 1;
2909 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2911 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2912 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2917 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2918 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2919 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2921 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2925 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2926 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2927 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2931 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2933 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2934 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2935 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2937 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2938 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2939 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2942 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2943 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2944 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2945 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2947 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2948 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2950 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2956 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2958 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2959 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2960 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2962 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2963 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2964 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2967 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2968 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2969 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2970 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2972 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2973 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2975 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2976 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2981 /* Reset clipping. */
2982 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2986 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2989 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2991 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2992 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2993 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2997 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3001 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3007 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3008 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3011 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3013 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3014 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3018 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3021 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3023 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3025 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3026 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3027 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3029 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3030 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3033 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3035 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3036 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3037 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3039 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3040 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3041 redisplay, do it here. */
3042 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3043 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3046 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3053 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3056 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3062 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3063 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3064 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3066 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3067 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3068 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3069 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3071 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3075 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3078 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3079 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3080 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3081 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3082 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3083 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3084 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3085 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3086 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3089 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3090 pixels into background pixels. */
3094 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3095 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3096 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3098 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3099 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3103 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3104 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3105 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3106 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3107 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3108 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3109 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3113 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3114 edge it is next to. */
3115 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3117 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3118 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3121 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3122 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3129 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3131 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3132 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3134 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3136 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3137 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3138 width
, flash_height
);
3139 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3141 (height
- flash_height
3142 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3143 width
, flash_height
);
3147 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3148 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3149 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3150 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3155 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3156 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3158 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3160 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3162 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3165 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3166 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3169 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3170 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3172 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3173 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3177 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3178 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3180 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3182 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3183 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3184 width
, flash_height
);
3185 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3187 (height
- flash_height
3188 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3189 width
, flash_height
);
3192 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3193 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3194 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3195 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3201 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3203 #undef XFillRectangle
3205 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3216 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3221 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3222 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3223 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3226 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3227 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3228 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3233 /* Make audible bell. */
3236 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3238 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3245 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3246 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3253 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3254 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3255 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3256 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3259 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3261 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3266 /***********************************************************************
3268 ***********************************************************************/
3270 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3271 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3274 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3280 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3283 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3285 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3286 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3288 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3289 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3291 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3293 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3294 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3295 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3296 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3297 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3298 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3299 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3300 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3302 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3306 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3307 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3308 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3310 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3312 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3313 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3315 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3316 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3321 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3322 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3323 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3327 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3328 line at the bottom. */
3329 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3330 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3332 height
= run
->height
;
3336 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3338 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3339 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3341 height
= run
->height
;
3346 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3350 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3351 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3352 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3362 /***********************************************************************
3364 ***********************************************************************/
3368 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3370 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3371 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3372 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3373 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3375 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3376 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3377 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3378 because of this (bug#9310). */
3379 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3380 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3381 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3382 x_uncatch_errors ();
3384 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3385 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3389 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3391 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3392 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3393 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3394 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3396 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3397 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3398 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3399 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3400 x_uncatch_errors ();
3402 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3403 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3406 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3407 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3408 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3409 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3410 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3413 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3415 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3417 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3419 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3420 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3421 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3423 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3424 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3426 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3427 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3429 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3432 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3435 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3436 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3437 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3440 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3442 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3444 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3446 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3447 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3449 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3450 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3451 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3452 if ((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp(), Qt
))
3453 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3454 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3456 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3457 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3461 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3464 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3465 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3468 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3470 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3472 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3474 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3475 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3479 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3480 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3482 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3483 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3487 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3488 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3490 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3493 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3495 struct frame
*frame
;
3497 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3501 switch (event
->type
)
3506 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3508 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3510 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3511 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3512 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3513 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3515 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3521 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3522 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3523 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3524 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3528 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3530 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3531 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3532 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3539 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3540 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3543 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3545 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3549 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3550 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3551 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3553 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3554 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3555 the appropriate X display info. */
3558 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3560 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3564 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3566 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3568 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3570 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3571 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3572 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3573 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3574 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3576 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3577 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3581 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3583 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3586 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3587 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3588 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3594 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3596 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3598 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3600 int min_code
, max_code
;
3603 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3605 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3606 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3607 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3608 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3609 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3611 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3613 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3614 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3616 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3618 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3619 Alt keysyms are on. */
3621 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3622 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3624 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3626 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3627 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3629 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3631 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3635 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3639 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3641 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3647 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3648 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3653 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3654 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3659 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3660 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3661 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3662 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3667 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3668 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3669 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3670 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3674 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3675 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3676 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3677 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3678 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3687 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3688 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3690 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3691 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3694 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3695 make them just meta, not alt. */
3696 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3698 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3702 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3705 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3709 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3711 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3712 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3713 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3714 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3717 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3718 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3719 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3720 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3721 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3722 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3723 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3724 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3726 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3727 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3728 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3729 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3730 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3731 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3735 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3737 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3738 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3739 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3740 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3744 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3745 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3746 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3747 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3748 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3749 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3750 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3751 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3754 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3755 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3756 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3757 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3758 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3759 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3762 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3765 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3770 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3778 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3780 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3782 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3786 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3788 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3790 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3791 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3792 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3793 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3795 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3799 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3800 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3801 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3807 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3808 The input handler calls this.
3810 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3811 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3812 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3813 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3815 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3816 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3819 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3821 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3822 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3823 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3825 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3828 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3830 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3831 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3832 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3833 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3838 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3839 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3840 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3841 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3842 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3843 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3845 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3846 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3847 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3848 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3849 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3850 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3858 /************************************************************************
3860 ************************************************************************/
3863 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3865 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3866 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3867 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3868 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3869 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3874 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3875 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3877 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3878 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3879 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3880 position on the scroll bar.
3882 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3883 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3886 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3887 was at this position.
3889 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3891 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3895 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3896 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3903 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3904 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3910 Window dummy_window
;
3913 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3915 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3916 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3917 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3918 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3919 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3921 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3923 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3924 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3925 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3927 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3930 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3931 a different screen. */
3934 /* The position on that root window. */
3937 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3940 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3942 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3944 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3945 containing the pointer. */
3949 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3953 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3954 structure is changing at the same time this function
3955 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3957 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3959 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3960 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3962 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3963 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3964 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3966 /* From-window, to-window. */
3967 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3969 /* From-position, to-position. */
3970 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3974 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3980 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3982 /* From-window, to-window. */
3985 /* From-position, to-position. */
3986 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3991 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3994 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3995 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3996 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3997 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3998 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4006 /* Now we know that:
4007 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4008 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4009 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4010 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4011 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4012 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4013 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4014 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4015 never use them in that case.) */
4018 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4019 want the edit window. */
4020 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4022 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4023 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4026 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4027 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4030 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4031 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4033 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4036 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4039 x_uncatch_errors ();
4041 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4044 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4046 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4050 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4056 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4057 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4061 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4062 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4063 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4064 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4065 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4066 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4067 the frame are divided into. */
4069 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4070 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4075 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4076 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4077 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4087 /***********************************************************************
4089 ***********************************************************************/
4091 /* Scroll bar support. */
4093 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4095 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4098 static struct scroll_bar
*
4099 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4103 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4104 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4105 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4107 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4109 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4111 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4112 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4113 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4116 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4119 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4121 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4122 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4123 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4124 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4125 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4128 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4129 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4130 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4131 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4138 #if defined USE_LUCID
4140 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4141 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4144 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4148 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4150 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4152 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4153 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4155 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4163 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4166 /************************************************************************
4168 ************************************************************************/
4170 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4172 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4173 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4174 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4175 struct scroll_bar
*);
4176 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4180 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4181 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4183 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4185 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4187 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4189 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4190 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4193 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4195 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4197 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4199 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4200 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4201 to avoid jerkiness. */
4203 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4205 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4206 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4207 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4208 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4211 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4212 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4215 const char *end_action
;
4218 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4219 end_action
= "Release";
4220 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4221 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4222 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4223 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4226 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4227 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4231 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4232 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4233 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4235 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4237 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4238 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4239 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4241 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4242 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4244 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4245 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4248 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4250 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4251 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4253 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4254 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4257 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4258 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4259 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4260 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4263 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4266 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4267 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4268 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4273 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4274 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4275 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4276 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4277 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4280 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4281 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4282 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4283 into that array in the event. */
4284 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4285 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4288 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4290 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4291 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4293 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4294 scroll_bar_windows
=
4295 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4296 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4297 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4298 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4301 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4302 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4303 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4304 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4305 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4306 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4308 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4309 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4310 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4311 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4314 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4315 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4316 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4317 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4322 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4326 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4328 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4332 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4333 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4335 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4337 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4338 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4341 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4344 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4346 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4347 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4348 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4349 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4350 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4356 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4358 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4361 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4362 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4363 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4366 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4368 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4369 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4370 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4374 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4375 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4376 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4379 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4380 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4381 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4384 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4385 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4386 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4389 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4391 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4395 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4396 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4399 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4400 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4401 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4408 /* Get the slider size. */
4410 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4413 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4414 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4415 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4416 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4420 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4426 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4427 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4428 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4432 #elif defined USE_GTK
4434 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4435 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4438 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4439 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4443 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4445 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4446 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4447 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4449 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4450 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4455 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4456 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4457 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4458 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4460 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4461 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4462 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4463 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4464 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4467 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4468 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4469 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4471 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4472 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4473 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4475 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4476 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4477 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4479 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4480 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4481 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4487 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4488 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4489 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4495 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4498 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4499 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4502 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4503 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4504 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4506 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4507 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4508 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4515 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4517 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4518 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4519 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4523 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4525 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4526 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4528 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4531 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4533 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4537 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4539 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4540 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4541 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4542 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4543 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4545 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4547 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4549 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4550 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4551 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4552 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4556 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4557 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4558 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4559 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4560 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4561 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4562 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4565 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4567 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4568 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4569 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4573 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4575 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4578 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4579 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4581 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4582 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4583 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4584 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4586 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4588 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4589 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4590 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4591 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4594 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4596 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4598 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4599 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4603 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4605 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4608 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4609 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4614 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4617 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4623 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4624 unsigned long pixel
;
4629 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4633 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4634 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4635 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4636 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4638 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4641 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4645 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4652 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4653 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4655 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4656 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4658 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4660 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4662 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4664 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4666 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4668 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4671 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4672 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4674 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4675 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4676 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4677 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4679 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4681 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4682 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4683 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4684 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4685 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4686 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4687 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4688 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4690 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4693 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4697 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4704 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4706 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4707 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4709 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4712 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4713 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4714 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4716 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4719 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4721 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4724 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4725 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4726 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4728 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4732 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4733 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4734 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4735 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4736 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4737 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4738 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4741 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4742 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4746 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4747 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4748 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4750 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4752 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4755 /* Specify the colors. */
4756 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4759 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4762 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4765 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4771 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4772 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4775 char const *initial
= "";
4776 char const *val
= initial
;
4777 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4778 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4779 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4781 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4782 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4783 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4784 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4785 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4786 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4790 /* Define callbacks. */
4791 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4792 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4795 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4796 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4798 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4800 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4801 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4802 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4803 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4805 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4806 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4807 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4808 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4812 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4815 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4816 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4820 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4822 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4825 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4827 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4830 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4831 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4838 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4839 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4840 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4841 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4842 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4843 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4844 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4845 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4846 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4847 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4848 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4849 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4850 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4851 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4858 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4859 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4862 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4866 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4867 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4869 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4870 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4871 size
= max (size
, 1);
4873 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4874 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4875 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4877 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4879 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4885 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4886 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4890 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4892 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4893 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4894 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4898 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4899 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4900 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4903 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4904 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4906 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4907 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4908 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4909 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4911 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4912 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4915 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4916 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4917 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4919 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4923 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4927 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4929 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 /************************************************************************
4934 Scroll bars, general
4935 ************************************************************************/
4937 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4938 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4939 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4942 static struct scroll_bar
*
4943 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4945 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4946 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4947 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4953 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4954 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4956 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4960 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4961 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4962 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4964 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4965 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4967 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4969 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4971 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4972 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4973 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4974 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4975 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4977 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4979 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4980 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4981 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4983 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4985 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4992 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4994 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4996 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5000 bar
->height
= height
;
5003 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5004 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5006 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5007 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5009 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5010 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5011 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5012 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5014 /* Map the window/widget. */
5015 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5018 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5021 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5022 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5024 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5025 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5026 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5027 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5029 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5030 max (height
, 1), 0);
5031 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5032 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5034 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5035 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5036 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5043 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5045 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5047 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5048 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5049 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5052 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5053 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5054 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5055 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5056 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5059 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5061 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5062 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5063 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5064 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5066 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5068 && start
== bar
->start
5075 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5076 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5077 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5079 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5080 the distance between start and end. */
5082 int length
= end
- start
;
5086 else if (start
> top_range
)
5088 end
= start
+ length
;
5092 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5096 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5100 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5101 if (end
> top_range
)
5104 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5105 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5106 that many pixels tall. */
5107 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5109 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5110 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5112 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5113 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5114 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5115 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5116 inside_width
, start
,
5119 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5121 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5122 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5124 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5125 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5126 /* x, y, width, height */
5127 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5128 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5129 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5131 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5132 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5133 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5134 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5136 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5137 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5138 if (end
< inside_height
)
5139 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5140 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5141 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5142 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5143 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5151 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5153 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5157 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5159 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5162 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5164 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5165 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5166 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5167 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5169 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5172 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5173 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5179 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5180 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5181 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5185 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5187 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5189 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5190 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5191 int window_y
, window_height
;
5192 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5193 int fringe_extended_p
;
5196 /* Get window dimensions. */
5197 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5199 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5200 height
= window_height
;
5202 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5203 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5205 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5206 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5207 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5208 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5212 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5213 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5214 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5215 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5217 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5219 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5220 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5225 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5226 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5227 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5228 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5229 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5230 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5232 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5233 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5234 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5235 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5238 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5239 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5241 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5244 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5245 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5246 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5247 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5250 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5251 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5255 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5259 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5260 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5262 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5266 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5268 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5270 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5272 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5275 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5277 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5278 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5280 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5281 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5282 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5284 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5285 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5286 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5288 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5289 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5292 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5295 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5296 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5298 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5299 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5300 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5302 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5303 max (height
, 1), 0);
5304 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5306 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5308 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5309 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5310 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5315 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5316 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5317 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5321 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5322 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5323 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5326 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5327 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5328 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5330 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5331 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5332 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5333 rest
, height
, False
);
5335 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5336 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5340 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5345 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5347 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5349 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5353 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5355 /* Remember new settings. */
5356 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5358 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5359 bar
->height
= height
;
5364 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5365 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5367 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5368 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5369 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5371 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5373 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5376 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5379 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5380 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5381 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5384 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5386 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5387 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5391 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5392 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5393 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5394 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5395 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5396 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5397 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5399 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5400 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5401 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5404 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5406 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5407 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5410 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5411 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5412 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5413 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5414 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5415 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5416 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5421 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5422 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5425 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5427 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5431 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5432 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5435 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5437 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5438 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5439 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5441 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5443 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5444 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5446 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5447 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5448 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5450 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5451 one or the other! */
5455 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5457 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5458 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5460 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5462 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5463 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5464 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5465 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5468 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5469 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5472 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5474 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5476 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5478 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5479 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5480 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5482 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5484 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5486 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5489 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5492 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5493 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5497 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5498 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5499 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5501 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5505 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5507 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5508 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5509 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5510 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5514 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5516 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5517 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5518 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5519 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5521 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5522 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5524 /* x, y, width, height */
5526 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5529 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5530 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5531 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5532 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5537 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5539 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5540 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5542 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5547 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5549 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5552 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5553 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5554 emacs_event
->modifiers
5555 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5556 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5557 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5558 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5561 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5562 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5563 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5566 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5567 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5570 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5573 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5574 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5575 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5577 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5579 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5580 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5581 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5582 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5584 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5585 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5587 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5588 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5592 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5593 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5597 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5599 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5601 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5605 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5607 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5609 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5612 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5614 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5615 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5617 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5618 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5620 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5622 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5624 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5629 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5631 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5632 on the scroll bar. */
5635 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5636 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5637 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5639 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5640 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5641 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5643 Window dummy_window
;
5645 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5649 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5651 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5653 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5654 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5655 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5657 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5660 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5666 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5668 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5670 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5671 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5675 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5679 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5681 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5682 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5683 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5684 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5685 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5686 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5688 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5690 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5691 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5694 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5697 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5703 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5704 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5705 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5709 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5711 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5714 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5715 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5716 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5717 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5718 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5719 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5720 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5721 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5723 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5727 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5729 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5730 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5731 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5732 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5734 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5735 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5737 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5739 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5740 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5742 static int temp_index
;
5743 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5745 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5746 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5748 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5750 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5751 on a particular display. */
5753 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5755 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5756 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5757 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5758 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5760 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5762 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5763 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5766 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5767 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5768 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5769 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5770 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5771 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5783 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5784 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5785 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5787 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5789 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5793 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5795 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5796 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5797 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5800 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5801 event
->xclient
.window
);
5803 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5808 static int current_count
;
5809 static int current_finish
;
5810 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5812 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5813 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5814 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5815 static GdkFilterReturn
5816 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5818 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5821 if (current_count
>= 0)
5823 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5825 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5828 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5829 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5830 so we do it here. */
5831 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5833 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5836 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5841 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5844 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5848 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5852 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5853 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5855 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5857 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5860 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5861 enum xembed_message
,
5862 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5864 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5866 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5867 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5868 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5870 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5873 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5874 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5877 struct input_event ie
;
5878 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5882 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5883 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5884 struct coding_system coding
;
5885 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5886 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5889 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5891 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5892 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5895 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5896 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5902 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5903 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5904 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5906 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5907 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5909 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5910 could be the shell widget window
5911 if the frame has no title bar. */
5912 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5914 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5915 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5916 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5918 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5919 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5920 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5921 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5922 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5925 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5926 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5927 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5928 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5931 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5932 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5933 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5936 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5937 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5938 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5940 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5941 /* The ICCCM says this is
5942 the only valid choice. */
5944 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5945 /* This is needed to detect the error
5946 if there is an error. */
5948 x_uncatch_errors ();
5950 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5955 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5956 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5958 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5959 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5960 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5961 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5962 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5963 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5964 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5965 session manager and one for this. */
5967 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5970 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5971 event
.xclient
.window
);
5972 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5973 for a single Emacs process. */
5974 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5975 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5976 event
.xclient
.window
,
5977 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5979 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5980 event
.xclient
.window
,
5986 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5989 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5990 event
.xclient
.window
);
5992 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5994 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5995 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6002 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6003 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6008 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6009 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6012 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6014 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6015 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6019 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6026 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6027 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6029 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6031 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6035 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6037 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6038 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6039 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6040 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6042 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6043 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6044 currently never do because we are interested in
6045 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6046 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6047 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6050 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6051 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6055 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6056 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6057 we construct an input_event. */
6058 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6059 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6061 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6062 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6065 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6067 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6068 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6069 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6071 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6072 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6073 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6075 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6079 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6081 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6084 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6085 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6089 case SelectionNotify
:
6090 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6091 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6092 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6094 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6095 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6098 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6099 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6100 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6101 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6103 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6105 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6107 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6108 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6109 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6110 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6114 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6115 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6117 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6121 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6123 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6124 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6125 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6126 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6127 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6128 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6129 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6133 case PropertyNotify
:
6134 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6135 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6136 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6137 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6138 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6140 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6141 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6142 treat it as deiconified. */
6143 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6144 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6145 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6146 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6147 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6148 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6149 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6150 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6153 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6154 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6157 case ReparentNotify
:
6158 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6162 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6163 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6167 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6168 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6169 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6171 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6176 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6180 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6181 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6182 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6183 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6184 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6187 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6189 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6190 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6191 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6192 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6196 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6197 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6201 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6202 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6204 #if defined USE_LUCID
6205 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6206 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6207 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6210 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6212 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6214 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6216 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6217 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6219 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6220 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6221 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6224 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6225 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6228 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6229 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6233 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6234 source area was obscured or not
6236 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6240 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6241 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6242 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6244 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6247 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6250 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6251 source area was completely
6256 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6257 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6260 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6263 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6264 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6265 the frame was deleted. */
6267 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6268 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6269 display that won't ever be seen. */
6270 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6271 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6272 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6273 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6274 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6275 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6276 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6277 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6279 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6281 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6282 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6288 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6289 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6290 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6293 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6294 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6295 frame is visible. */
6296 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6299 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6300 the frame's display structures.
6301 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6302 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6303 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6304 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6305 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6306 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6308 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6309 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6310 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6311 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6313 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6314 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6315 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6319 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6320 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6322 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6323 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6324 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6325 to update the frame titles
6326 in case this is the second frame. */
6327 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6330 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6337 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6338 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6340 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6341 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6342 if (popup_activated ())
6346 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6348 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6349 mouse highlighting. */
6350 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6352 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6354 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6355 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6358 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6361 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6362 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6363 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6365 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6367 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6368 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6371 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6375 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6376 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6377 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6380 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6381 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6382 status_return even if the input is too long to
6383 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6384 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6385 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6386 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6387 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6388 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6389 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6391 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6395 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6396 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6397 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6399 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6403 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6404 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6405 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6407 /* This will have to go some day... */
6409 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6410 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6411 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6412 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6413 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6414 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6415 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6417 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6418 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6419 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6420 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6421 not it is combined with Meta. */
6422 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6423 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6428 Status status_return
;
6430 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6431 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6432 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6433 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6435 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6437 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6438 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6439 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6440 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6441 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6444 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6445 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6447 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6452 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6453 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6457 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6458 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6461 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6462 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6466 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6467 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6468 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6471 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6472 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6474 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6475 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6477 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6478 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6480 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6481 translations to characters. */
6482 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6483 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6485 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6486 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6490 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6491 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6493 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6494 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6496 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6497 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6501 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6502 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6503 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6508 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6509 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6510 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6511 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6515 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6516 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6517 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6518 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6519 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6520 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6522 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6523 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6525 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6526 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6527 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6528 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6529 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6531 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6532 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6534 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6535 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6537 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6538 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6540 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6541 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6543 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6544 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6546 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6547 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6549 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6550 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6552 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6553 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6555 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6556 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6558 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6559 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6561 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6562 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6564 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6565 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6567 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6568 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6570 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6571 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6572 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6573 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6574 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6575 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6576 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6577 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6578 don't have real modifiers but
6579 should be treated similarly to
6580 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6581 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6582 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6583 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6587 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6588 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6590 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6591 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6595 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6599 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6601 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6603 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6606 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6608 /* Decode the input data. */
6610 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6611 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6612 we used just above and the locale. */
6613 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6614 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6615 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6616 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6617 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6618 gives us composition information. */
6619 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6621 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6623 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6624 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6625 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6626 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6627 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6628 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6631 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6632 character events. */
6633 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6636 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6637 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6639 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6640 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6641 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6642 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6644 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6649 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6651 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6657 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6658 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6666 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6668 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6669 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6677 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6678 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6680 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6682 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6683 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6685 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6686 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6687 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6688 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6690 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6691 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6692 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6693 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6698 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6702 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6703 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6705 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6708 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6710 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6711 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6712 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6713 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6716 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6717 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6718 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6719 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6720 if (any_help_event_p
)
6724 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6725 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6726 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6731 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6736 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6737 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6738 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6740 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6741 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6742 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6744 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6746 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6748 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6749 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6753 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6759 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6760 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6761 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6765 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6766 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6769 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6770 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6771 will be selected only when it is active. */
6772 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6773 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6774 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6775 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6776 create event iff we don't leave the
6778 && (focus_follows_mouse
6779 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6780 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6782 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6783 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6788 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6789 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6793 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6794 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6795 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6796 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6799 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6800 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6802 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6803 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6804 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6807 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6808 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6809 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6810 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6815 case ConfigureNotify
:
6816 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6819 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6820 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6822 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6823 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6829 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6831 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6832 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6834 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6835 is called by the code that handles resizing
6836 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6838 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6839 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6840 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6841 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6842 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6843 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6844 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6846 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6847 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6848 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6851 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6852 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6853 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6857 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6858 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6859 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6860 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6863 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6867 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6868 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6877 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6878 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6881 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6882 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6883 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6885 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6887 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6888 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6890 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6893 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6898 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6899 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6900 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6903 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6904 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6906 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6907 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6909 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6911 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6912 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6913 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6914 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6919 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6920 if (! popup_activated ())
6923 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6925 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6926 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6928 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6929 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6931 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6932 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6935 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6937 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6938 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6939 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6943 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6944 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6945 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6947 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6948 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6950 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6952 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6953 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6955 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6957 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6958 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6961 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6963 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6964 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6967 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6970 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6972 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6973 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6974 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6978 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6979 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6980 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6981 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6982 Instead, save it away
6983 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6984 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6985 if (! popup_activated ()
6987 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6988 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6990 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6991 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6992 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6993 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6994 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6995 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6996 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6997 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6999 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7000 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7001 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7003 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7005 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7010 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7014 case CirculateNotify
:
7017 case CirculateRequest
:
7020 case VisibilityNotify
:
7024 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7026 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7028 case MappingModifier
:
7029 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7030 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7031 case MappingKeyboard
:
7032 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7037 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7042 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7044 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7045 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7047 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7052 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7054 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7059 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7064 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7070 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7071 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7072 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7076 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7077 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7087 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7089 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7090 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7091 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7093 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7095 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7097 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7098 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7100 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7103 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7110 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7111 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7113 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7114 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7115 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7119 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7122 int event_found
= 0;
7126 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7127 input_signal_count
++;
7129 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7130 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7132 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7133 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7137 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7142 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7145 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7146 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7151 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7152 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7154 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7162 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7163 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7164 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7165 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7167 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7168 from all displays. */
7170 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7172 current_count
= count
;
7173 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7175 gtk_main_iteration ();
7177 count
= current_count
;
7179 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7181 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7184 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7186 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7187 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7190 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7191 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7192 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7194 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7198 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7199 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7201 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7203 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7204 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7208 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7210 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7211 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7213 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7214 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7225 /***********************************************************************
7227 ***********************************************************************/
7229 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7230 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7232 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7233 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7234 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7237 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7239 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7240 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7241 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7243 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7245 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7246 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7247 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7248 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7249 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7251 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7255 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7258 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7260 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7261 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7262 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7265 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7268 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7269 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7270 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7271 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7274 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7275 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7276 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7278 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7279 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7280 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7281 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7282 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7284 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7285 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7286 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7288 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7289 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7290 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7291 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7295 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7297 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7298 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7299 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7303 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7305 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7306 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7308 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7309 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7311 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7312 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7315 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7316 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7317 the bar might not be in the window. */
7318 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7320 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7321 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7322 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7326 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7327 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7328 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7329 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7330 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7333 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7334 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7335 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7336 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7337 that the glyph is legible. */
7338 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7339 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7341 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7342 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7345 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7348 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7349 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7352 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7354 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7356 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7359 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7360 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7362 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7364 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7365 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7366 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7367 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7369 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7370 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7371 width
, row
->height
);
7375 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7378 width
= row
->height
;
7380 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7382 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7383 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7385 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7386 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7387 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7388 row
->height
- width
),
7389 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7392 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7397 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7400 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7402 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7403 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7404 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7405 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7409 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7412 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7414 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7415 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7417 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7418 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7419 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7424 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7427 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7429 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7433 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7434 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7436 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7437 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7438 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7439 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7441 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7442 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7446 switch (cursor_type
)
7448 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7449 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7452 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7453 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7457 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7461 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7465 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7474 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7475 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7476 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7481 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7488 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7491 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7493 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7495 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7498 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7500 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7501 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7506 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7507 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7508 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7510 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7511 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7512 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7516 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7517 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7523 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7524 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7527 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7529 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7531 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7535 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7538 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7539 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7543 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7544 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7548 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7549 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7550 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7551 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7552 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7554 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7557 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7558 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7564 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7565 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7568 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7570 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7575 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7576 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7578 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7579 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7582 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7583 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7584 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7585 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7590 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7592 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7593 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7595 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7596 be called from a signal handler.
7599 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7600 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7602 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7604 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7606 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7607 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7608 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7611 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7613 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7614 x_error_message
->string
,
7615 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7618 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7619 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7622 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7623 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7624 stored in *x_error_message.
7626 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7627 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7629 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7632 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7634 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7636 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7640 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7641 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7642 x_error_message
= data
;
7645 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7646 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7649 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7651 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7655 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7656 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7657 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7658 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7660 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7661 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7666 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7667 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7668 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7671 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7673 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7676 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7678 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7679 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7680 x_uncatch_errors ();
7681 error (format
, string
);
7685 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7686 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7689 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7691 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7694 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7697 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7700 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7702 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7705 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7706 * idea. --lorentey */
7707 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7710 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7712 while (x_error_message
)
7713 x_uncatch_errors ();
7718 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7721 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7726 /************************************************************************
7728 ************************************************************************/
7730 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7732 static char *error_msg
;
7734 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7735 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7738 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7741 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7742 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7744 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7745 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7747 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7748 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7752 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7754 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7755 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7758 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7759 that are on the dead display. */
7760 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7762 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7764 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7765 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7766 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7767 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7768 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7769 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7772 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7773 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7774 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7775 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7776 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7777 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7779 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7780 trying to find a replacement. */
7781 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7782 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7785 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7786 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7789 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7790 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7791 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7793 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7794 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7795 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7796 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7797 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7798 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7799 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7800 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7801 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7804 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7806 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7807 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7809 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7810 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7811 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7812 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7817 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7818 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7822 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7824 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7825 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7829 totally_unblock_input ();
7831 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7832 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7834 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7835 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7837 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7838 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7839 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7840 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7843 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7844 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7845 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7847 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7848 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7851 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7854 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7855 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7856 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7862 if (x_error_message
)
7863 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7865 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7869 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7870 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7871 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7873 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7875 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7876 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7878 static void NO_INLINE
7879 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7881 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7883 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7884 or colors that are not defined. */
7886 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7889 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7890 original error handler. */
7892 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7893 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7894 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7895 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7899 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7900 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7901 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7904 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7908 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7909 DisplayString (display
));
7910 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7914 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7916 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7917 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7918 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7922 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7924 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7927 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7928 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7929 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7930 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7934 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7935 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7936 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7937 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7938 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7940 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7942 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7943 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7945 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7946 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7947 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7951 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7952 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7955 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7957 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7958 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7959 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7960 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7961 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7966 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7969 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7978 /***********************************************************************
7980 ***********************************************************************/
7986 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7987 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7988 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7991 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7993 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7994 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7998 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7999 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8001 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8002 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8004 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8005 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8009 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8010 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8011 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8015 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8018 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8019 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8022 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8023 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8026 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8034 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8035 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8042 XIMCallback destroy
;
8045 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8046 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8049 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8050 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8051 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8057 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8058 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8062 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8064 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8065 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8066 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8067 when the callback was registered. */
8070 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8072 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8073 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8075 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8079 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8081 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8082 as they have no XIC. */
8083 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8085 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8088 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8090 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8093 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8094 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8096 create_frame_xic (f
);
8097 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8098 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8099 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8101 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8102 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8111 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8114 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8115 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8116 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8117 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8120 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8122 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8126 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8127 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8130 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8131 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8132 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8133 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8134 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8135 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8136 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8137 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8138 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8139 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8140 least, hence the configure test. */
8141 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8142 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8143 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8144 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8146 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8150 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8153 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8158 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8159 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8160 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8162 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8163 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8164 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8165 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8166 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8167 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8168 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8169 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8171 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8174 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8178 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8179 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8182 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8184 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8186 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8187 is already for the top-left corner. */
8188 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8191 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8192 position that fits on the screen. */
8193 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8194 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8195 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8198 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8200 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8201 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8202 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8204 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8205 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8206 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8207 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8210 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8211 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8213 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8216 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8217 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8218 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8221 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8222 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8223 so the flags should correspond. */
8224 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8227 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8228 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8229 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8230 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8231 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8234 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8236 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8238 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8240 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8241 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8245 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8247 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8249 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8250 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8252 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8255 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8257 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8258 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8260 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8262 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8263 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8264 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8265 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8266 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8269 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8270 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8272 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8273 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8276 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8277 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8278 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8279 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8282 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8283 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8284 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8286 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8287 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8288 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8289 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8290 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8291 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8296 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8297 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8298 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8299 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8300 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8303 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8306 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8307 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8308 Window wmcheck_window
;
8309 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8310 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8311 long max_len
= 65536;
8312 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8313 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8314 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8318 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8319 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8320 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8321 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8322 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8323 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8325 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8327 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8328 x_uncatch_errors ();
8333 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8336 /* Check if window exists. */
8337 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8339 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8341 x_uncatch_errors ();
8346 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8348 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8349 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8350 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8351 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8352 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8353 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8355 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8357 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8358 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8359 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8360 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8361 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8363 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8365 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8366 x_uncatch_errors ();
8371 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8372 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8373 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8378 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8379 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8381 x_uncatch_errors ();
8388 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8390 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8392 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8393 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8395 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8397 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8399 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8401 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8406 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8409 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8411 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8413 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8417 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8418 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8419 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8421 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8424 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8430 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8431 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8432 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8433 long max_len
= 65536;
8434 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8435 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8436 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8439 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8442 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8443 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8444 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8445 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8446 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8448 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8450 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8451 x_uncatch_errors ();
8453 return ! f
->iconified
;
8456 x_uncatch_errors ();
8458 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8460 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8461 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8464 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8466 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8468 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8469 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8471 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8473 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8475 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8476 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8478 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8480 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8481 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8482 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8486 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8491 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8494 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8496 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8497 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8500 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8502 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8503 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8505 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8507 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8511 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8513 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8514 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8515 are sent at once. */
8516 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8518 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8519 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8520 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8521 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8522 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8523 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8525 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8526 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8527 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8528 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8530 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8531 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8533 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8534 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8535 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8536 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8537 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8538 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8539 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8541 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8542 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8543 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8544 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8545 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8547 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8548 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8549 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8551 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8552 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8555 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8559 return have_net_atom
;
8563 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8565 if (f
->async_visible
)
8568 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8576 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8578 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8581 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8586 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8589 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8592 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8595 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8600 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8601 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8606 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8607 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8609 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8611 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8614 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8615 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8617 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8618 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8619 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8621 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8623 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8624 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8626 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8628 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8629 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8630 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8631 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8632 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8634 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8635 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8637 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8638 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8641 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8646 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8647 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8648 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8649 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8650 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8651 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8652 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8655 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8657 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8659 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8660 window manager window around the frame. */
8662 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8664 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8666 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8671 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8672 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8673 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8675 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8677 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8678 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8680 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8681 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8683 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8686 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8687 frame's position. */
8689 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8693 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8694 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8695 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8696 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8697 of an exact comparison. */
8700 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8704 while (count
++ < 50)
8706 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8708 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8709 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8712 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8713 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8717 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8720 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8721 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8724 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8728 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8729 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8731 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8735 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8737 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8739 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8742 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8743 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8745 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8746 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8748 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8749 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8750 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8751 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8753 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8755 pending_signals
= 1;
8756 totally_unblock_input ();
8757 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8759 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8764 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8765 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8768 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8769 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8770 break; /* Timeout */
8772 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8773 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8777 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8778 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8779 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8780 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8783 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8785 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8787 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8788 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8789 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8791 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8793 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8795 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8796 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8797 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8798 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8800 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8801 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8802 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8803 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8806 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8807 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8808 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8809 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8810 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8812 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8813 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8814 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8815 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8817 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8818 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8819 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8820 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8821 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8823 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8826 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8827 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8828 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8829 if (f
->async_visible
)
8830 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8833 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8834 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8835 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8841 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8842 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8843 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8844 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8847 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8851 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8855 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8856 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8857 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8858 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8859 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8860 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8861 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8862 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8863 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8864 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8866 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8868 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8869 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8870 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8871 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8872 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8873 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8874 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8878 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8879 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8881 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8882 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8884 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8886 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8888 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8889 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8891 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8892 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8893 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8894 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8895 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8900 /* Mouse warping. */
8903 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8907 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8908 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8910 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8911 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8913 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8914 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8918 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8919 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8923 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8926 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8930 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8931 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8935 /* Raise frame F. */
8938 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8941 if (f
->async_visible
)
8942 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8944 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8948 /* Lower frame F. */
8951 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8953 if (f
->async_visible
)
8956 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8957 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8962 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8965 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
8967 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8968 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8969 if (f
->async_visible
)
8970 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8971 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8974 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8977 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8979 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8980 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8982 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8983 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8986 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8987 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8988 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8990 Fcons (make_number (1),
8991 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8997 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9005 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9007 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9009 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9011 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9014 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9016 unsigned long data
[2];
9017 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9019 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9022 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9023 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9024 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9026 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9029 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9030 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9034 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9035 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9036 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9037 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9038 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9039 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9040 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9041 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9042 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9044 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9045 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9046 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9049 /* Change of visibility. */
9051 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9052 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9053 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9054 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9055 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9056 finishes with it. */
9059 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9062 int original_top
, original_left
;
9063 int retry_count
= 2;
9069 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9071 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9073 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9075 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9076 call x_set_offset a second time
9077 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9078 before the window gets really visible. */
9079 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9080 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9081 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9082 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9084 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9086 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9087 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9089 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9090 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9093 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9094 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9096 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9098 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9099 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9101 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9102 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9104 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9105 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9106 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9109 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9111 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9112 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9113 so that incoming events are handled. */
9117 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9118 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9119 will set it when they are handled. */
9120 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9122 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9123 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9125 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9128 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9130 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9131 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9132 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9133 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9135 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9136 because the window manager may choose the position
9137 and we don't want to override it. */
9139 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9140 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9141 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9142 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9143 && previously_visible
)
9147 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9151 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9152 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9153 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9154 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9155 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9156 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9157 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9158 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9159 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9161 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9162 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9163 original_left
, original_top
);
9168 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9170 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9171 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9172 MapNotify at all.. */
9173 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9174 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9176 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9179 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9180 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9181 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9182 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9183 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9185 if (input_polling_used ())
9187 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9188 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9189 handler reset it. */
9190 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9191 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9192 poll_for_input_1 ();
9193 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9196 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9197 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9202 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9206 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9207 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9208 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9209 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9211 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9216 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9218 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9221 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9225 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9226 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9228 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9229 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9230 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9234 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9235 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9236 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9237 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9238 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9239 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9242 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9243 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9246 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9247 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9252 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9253 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9256 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9260 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9261 just by the event that we get from the server.
9262 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9263 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9264 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9266 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9267 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9268 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9275 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9278 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9280 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9285 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9286 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9287 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9289 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9294 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9296 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9298 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9300 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9301 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9303 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9304 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9306 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9309 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9310 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9316 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9318 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9320 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9321 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9322 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9323 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9324 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9325 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9326 so we have to record it here. */
9329 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9330 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9335 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9336 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9337 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9341 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9343 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9344 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9348 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9350 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9352 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9353 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9354 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9355 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9356 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9357 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9359 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9360 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9362 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9363 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9367 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9368 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9369 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9370 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9371 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9373 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9374 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9376 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9380 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9384 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9386 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9388 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9390 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9391 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9394 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9395 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9397 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9399 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9403 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9406 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9408 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9409 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9412 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9417 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9418 commands to the X server. */
9419 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9421 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9422 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9424 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9425 free_frame_faces (f
);
9427 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9428 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9430 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9431 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9432 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9433 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9434 toolkit scroll bars. */
9435 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9437 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9438 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9447 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9448 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9450 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9451 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9453 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9454 we are using a toolkit. */
9455 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9456 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9458 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9459 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9462 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9463 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9465 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9466 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9467 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9469 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9470 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9471 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9472 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9473 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9474 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9476 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9477 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9478 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9479 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9480 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9481 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9483 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9484 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9485 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9486 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9487 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9488 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9489 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9490 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9493 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9496 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9497 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9498 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9500 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9501 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9502 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9503 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9504 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9505 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9507 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9509 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9510 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9511 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9512 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9513 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9514 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9515 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9522 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9525 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9527 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9529 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9530 commands to the X server. */
9531 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9532 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9534 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9538 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9540 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9541 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9542 that the window now has.
9543 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9544 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9545 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9549 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9551 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9552 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9554 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9555 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9557 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9562 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9563 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9565 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9566 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9568 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9569 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9571 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9572 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9573 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9574 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9575 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9576 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9578 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9580 int base_width
, base_height
;
9581 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9583 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9584 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9586 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9588 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9589 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9590 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9591 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9592 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9594 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9595 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9596 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9598 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9599 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9600 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9601 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9602 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9605 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9608 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9613 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9614 long supplied_return
;
9617 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9621 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9626 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9627 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9628 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9629 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9630 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9631 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9632 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9633 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9640 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9641 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9645 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9646 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9648 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9650 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9652 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9654 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9657 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9659 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9662 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9663 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9664 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9665 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9667 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9668 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9670 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9671 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9675 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9677 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9679 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9680 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9685 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9686 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9687 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9688 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9692 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9700 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9704 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9708 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9709 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9710 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9711 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9714 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9716 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9717 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9719 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9723 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9725 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9727 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9728 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9729 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9731 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9735 /***********************************************************************
9737 ***********************************************************************/
9741 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9745 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9747 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9748 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9749 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9752 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9755 /***********************************************************************
9757 ***********************************************************************/
9759 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9760 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9761 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9762 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9764 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9765 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9766 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9768 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9769 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9770 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9771 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9772 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9773 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9774 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9777 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9779 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9781 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9783 static int x_initialized
;
9785 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9786 the screen number from the server number. */
9788 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9791 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9792 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9793 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9795 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9796 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9797 length_until_period
++;
9799 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9800 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9802 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9804 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9805 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9806 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9807 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9808 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9809 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9810 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9811 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9812 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9813 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9814 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9815 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9816 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9817 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9819 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9823 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9827 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9828 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9831 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9832 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9835 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9856 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9857 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9860 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9865 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9867 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9875 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9876 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9878 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9879 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9883 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9884 the structure that describes the open display.
9885 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9887 struct x_display_info
*
9888 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9892 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9893 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9895 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9906 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9907 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9913 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9914 char **argv2
= argv
;
9917 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9919 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9923 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9924 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9926 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9930 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9932 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9934 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9935 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9938 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9939 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9941 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9943 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9944 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9946 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9947 putenv (fix_events
);
9950 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9951 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9952 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9953 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9955 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9956 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9957 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9959 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9961 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9964 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9968 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9970 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9971 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9973 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9974 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9976 s
= build_string (file
);
9977 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9979 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9980 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9984 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9985 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9988 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9989 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9990 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9992 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9993 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9994 So let's not use it until R6. */
9996 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10007 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10008 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10010 turn_on_atimers (0);
10011 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10012 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10013 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10015 turn_on_atimers (1);
10017 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10018 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10023 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10024 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10025 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10026 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10027 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10029 /* Detect failure. */
10036 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10038 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10039 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10041 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10044 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10047 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10048 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10049 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10050 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10053 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10056 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10057 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10058 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10060 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10061 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10062 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10063 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10064 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10066 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10068 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10070 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10071 list of terminals. */
10072 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10073 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10074 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10075 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10077 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10078 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10080 kset_system_key_alist
10082 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10083 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10085 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10086 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10090 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10091 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10092 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10093 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10094 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10096 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10099 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10100 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10101 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10103 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10104 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10105 x_display_name_list
);
10106 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10108 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10110 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10111 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10112 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10113 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10116 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10119 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10120 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10121 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10122 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10123 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10124 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10125 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10127 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10128 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10130 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10132 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10133 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10134 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10136 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10137 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10139 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10140 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10141 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10142 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10144 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10146 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10148 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10150 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10151 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10152 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10153 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10154 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10155 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10156 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10157 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10158 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10159 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10160 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10161 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10162 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10163 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10164 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10165 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10166 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10167 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10168 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10169 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10170 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10171 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10172 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10173 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10174 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10175 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10176 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10177 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10179 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10180 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10181 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10183 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10185 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10186 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10187 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10188 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10189 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10190 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10193 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10194 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10196 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10199 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10200 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10201 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10203 if (STRINGP (value
)
10204 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10205 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10206 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10210 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10211 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10215 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10216 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10217 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10218 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10219 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10221 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10223 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10224 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10228 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10230 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10231 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10232 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10233 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10234 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10235 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10236 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10237 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10238 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10247 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10248 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10249 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10250 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10251 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10252 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10253 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10254 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10255 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10256 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10257 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10258 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10259 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10260 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10261 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10262 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10263 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10264 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10265 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10266 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10267 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10268 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10269 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10270 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10271 /* For properties of font. */
10272 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10273 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10274 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10275 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10276 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10277 /* Ghostscript support. */
10278 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10279 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10280 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10281 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10283 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10284 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10285 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10286 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10287 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10288 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10289 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10290 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10291 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10292 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10293 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10294 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10295 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10296 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10297 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10298 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10299 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10300 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10301 /* Session management */
10302 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10303 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10304 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10308 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10309 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10310 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10311 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10312 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10313 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10314 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10315 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10317 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10318 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10320 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10321 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10322 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10323 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10325 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10326 False
, atoms_return
);
10328 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10329 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10331 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10332 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10334 xfree (atom_names
);
10335 xfree (atoms_return
);
10338 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10339 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10340 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10341 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10343 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10344 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10345 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10347 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10348 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10350 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10351 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10355 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10358 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10360 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10361 if (connection
!= 0)
10362 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10365 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10366 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10368 if (interrupt_input
)
10369 init_sigio (connection
);
10373 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10376 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10377 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10378 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10379 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10380 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10381 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10382 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10383 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10384 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10386 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10387 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10388 x_uncatch_errors ();
10392 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10393 for debugging X code. */
10396 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10397 build_string ("synchronous"),
10398 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10400 if (STRINGP (value
)
10401 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10402 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10403 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10408 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10409 build_string ("useXIM"),
10410 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10413 if (STRINGP (value
)
10414 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10415 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10418 if (STRINGP (value
)
10419 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10420 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10426 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10427 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10429 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10430 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10438 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10439 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10442 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10444 struct terminal
*t
;
10446 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10448 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10449 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10452 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10453 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10454 x_session_close ();
10456 delete_terminal (t
);
10460 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10462 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10463 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10464 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10465 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10466 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10471 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10472 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10474 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10476 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10479 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10483 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10484 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10486 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10487 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10490 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10492 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10493 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10494 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10497 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10498 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10499 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10503 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10505 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10506 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10507 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10508 that slows us down. */
10511 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10514 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10515 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10517 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10518 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10519 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10520 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10525 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10526 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10527 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10528 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10529 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10530 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10531 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10534 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10537 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10539 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10540 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10541 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10546 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10549 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10551 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10553 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10557 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10559 x_after_update_window_line
,
10560 x_update_window_begin
,
10561 x_update_window_end
,
10567 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10569 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10570 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10571 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10572 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10573 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10574 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10575 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10576 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10577 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10578 x_clear_frame_area
,
10579 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10580 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10581 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10585 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10587 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10589 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10591 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10592 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10593 if (!terminal
->name
)
10598 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10601 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10604 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10605 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10606 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10608 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10609 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10611 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10612 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10613 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10614 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10616 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10617 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10618 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10619 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10620 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10621 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10622 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10623 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10624 leaks in other situations. */
10626 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10627 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10629 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10631 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10632 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10633 closing all the displays. */
10634 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10638 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10640 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10641 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10643 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10645 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10648 /* Mark as dead. */
10649 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10650 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10654 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10655 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10657 static struct terminal
*
10658 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10660 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10662 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10664 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10665 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10666 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10668 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10670 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10671 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10672 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10673 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10674 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10675 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10676 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10677 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10678 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10679 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10680 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10681 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10682 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10683 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10684 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10685 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10686 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10687 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10688 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10689 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10691 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10692 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10694 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10695 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10696 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10697 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10698 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10699 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10706 x_initialize (void)
10711 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10712 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10713 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10716 current_count
= -1;
10719 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10720 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10722 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10723 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10725 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10727 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10728 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10729 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10730 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10731 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10732 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10733 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10735 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10738 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10740 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10741 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10745 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10746 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10747 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10749 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10750 original error handler. */
10751 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10752 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10757 syms_of_xterm (void)
10759 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10761 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10762 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10764 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10765 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10767 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10768 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10770 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10771 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10774 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10775 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10777 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10780 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10781 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10782 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10783 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10784 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10785 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10786 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10788 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10790 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10791 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10792 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10793 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10794 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10795 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10796 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10798 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10799 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10800 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10801 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10802 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10803 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10804 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10805 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10806 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10808 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10809 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10810 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10811 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10812 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10813 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10814 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10816 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10817 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10818 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10820 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10822 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10825 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10828 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10829 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10831 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10832 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10833 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10834 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10835 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10836 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10837 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10838 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10839 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10841 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10842 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10843 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10844 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10845 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10846 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10848 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10849 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10850 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10851 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10852 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10853 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10855 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10856 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10857 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10858 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10859 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10860 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10862 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10863 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10864 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10865 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10866 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10867 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10869 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10870 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10871 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10872 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10873 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10877 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */